blob: a0646c36657b3b69b37a9a1816a27fcdb55d8d43 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
144 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
145 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
147 /lib Architecture specific library files
148 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
149 /cpu CPU specific files
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500154 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
157 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
158 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
159 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
160 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
161 /lib Architecture specific library files
162 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
163 /cpu CPU specific files
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200167 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800168 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500169 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000170 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
173 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500174 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
175 /cpu CPU specific files
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400177 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200180 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
184 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
185 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500186 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
187 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
188 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
189 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
190 /lib Architecture specific library files
191 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
194 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
195 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
196 /lib Architecture specific library files
197 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
198 /cpu CPU specific files
199 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
200 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
201 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400202 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
203 /cpu CPU specific files
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500205/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
206/board Board dependent files
207/common Misc architecture independent functions
208/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
209/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
210/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400211/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500212/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
213/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
214/include Header Files
215/lib Files generic to all architectures
216 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
217 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
218 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
219/net Networking code
220/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400221/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500222/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224Software Configuration:
225=======================
226
227Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
228rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
229
230There are two classes of configuration variables:
231
232* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
233 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
234 "CONFIG_".
235
236* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
237 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
238 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200239 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000240
241Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
242identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
243do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
244links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
245as an example here.
246
247
248Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
249---------------------------------------------------
250
251For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
252configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
253
254Example: For a TQM823L module type:
255
256 cd u-boot
257 make TQM823L_config
258
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200259For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000260e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
261directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
262
263
264Configuration Options:
265----------------------
266
267Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
268such information is kept in a configuration file
269"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
270
271Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
272"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
273
274
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000275Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
276kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
277build a config tool - later.
278
279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000280The following options need to be configured:
281
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500282- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000283
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500284- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200285
286- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100287 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000288
289- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
290 Define exactly one of
291 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
292--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
293 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
294 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
295
296- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
297 Define exactly one of
298 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
299
300- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
301 Define one or more of
302 CONFIG_CMA302
303
304- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
305 Define one or more of
306 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200307 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000308 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
309
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000310- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
311 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
312 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200313 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
315 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
316 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000317
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530318- Marvell Family Member
319 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
320 multiple fs option at one time
321 for marvell soc family
322
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000324 Define exactly one of
325 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000326
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200327- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000328 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
329 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
331 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
333 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000334
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000335- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
337 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000339 See doc/README.MPC866
340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200341 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000342
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000343 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
344 of relying on the correctness of the configured
345 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
346 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
347 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200348 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100350 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
351
352 Define this option if you want to enable the
353 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
354
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600355- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000356 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
357
358 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
359 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
360 compliance, among other possible reasons.
361
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600362 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
363
364 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
365 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
366 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
367
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
369
370 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
371 tree nodes for the given platform.
372
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000373 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
374
375 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
376 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
377 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
378 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
379 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
380 purpose.
381
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
383
384 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
385 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
387
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
390
391 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
392 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
393
394 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
395 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
396 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
397 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
398
399 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
400 this erratum.
401
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530402 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
403 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
404 requred during NOR boot.
405
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530411 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
412 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
413 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
414
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
416 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
417 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
418
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
420 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
421 connected to the DSP core.
422
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
424 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
425
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530426 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
427 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
428 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
429 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
430
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000431- Generic CPU options:
432 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
433
434 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
435 values is arch specific.
436
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
438 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
439 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
440 SoCs.
441
442 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
443 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
444
445 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
446 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
447 deskew training are not available.
448
449 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
450 Freescale DDR1 controller.
451
452 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
453 Freescale DDR2 controller.
454
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
456 Freescale DDR3 controller.
457
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
459 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
460
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700461 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
462 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
463 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
464 implemetation.
465
466 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
467 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
468 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
469 implementation.
470
471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
472 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
473 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
474
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100475- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200476 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100477
478 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
479 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
480 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
481
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200482 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200483
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100484 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
485 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200486 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100487 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200488
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200489- MIPS CPU options:
490 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
491
492 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
493 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
494 relocation.
495
496 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
497
498 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
499 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
500 Possible values are:
501 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
502 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
503 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
504 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
505 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
506 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
507 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
508 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
509
510 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
511
512 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
513 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
514
515 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
516
517 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
518 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
519 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
520
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000521- ARM options:
522 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
523
524 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
525 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
526
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000527 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
528
529 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
530 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
531 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
532 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
533 GCC.
534
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000535 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000536 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
537 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
538 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
539
540 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
541 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
542 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
543 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
544 set these options unless they apply!
545
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000546- CPU timer options:
547 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
548
549 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
550 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
551 option must be set to 1000.
552
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000553- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000554 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
555
556 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
557 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
558 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
559 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
560 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
561 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
562 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000563 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100564 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000565 default environment.
566
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000567 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
568
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200569 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000570 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
571 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
572
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400573 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200574
575 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400576 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
577 concepts).
578
579 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
580 * New libfdt-based support
581 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500582 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400583
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200584 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
585 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
586 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
587 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200588 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600589 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200590
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200591 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
592 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500593
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600594 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
595
596 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
597 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000598
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500599 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
600
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200601 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500602 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
603
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200604 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
605
606 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
607 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
608 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
609 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
610 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
611 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
612
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000613 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
614
615 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
616 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
617 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
618 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
619 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
620 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
621 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
622
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100623- vxWorks boot parameters:
624
625 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
626 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
627 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
628
629 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
630 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
631 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
632 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
633
634 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
635
636 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
637
638 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
639 the defaults discussed just above.
640
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000641- Cache Configuration:
642 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
643 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
644 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
645
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000646- Cache Configuration for ARM:
647 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
648 controller
649 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
650 controller register space
651
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000652- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200653 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000654
655 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
656
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200657 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000658
659 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
660
661 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
662
663 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
664 the clock speed of the UARTs.
665
666 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
667
668 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
669 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
670 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
671
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000672 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
673
674 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
675 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
676 this variable to initialize the extra register.
677
678 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
679
680 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
681 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
682 variable to flush the UART at init time.
683
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000684
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000686 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
687 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
688 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
689 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000690
691 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
692 port routines must be defined elsewhere
693 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
694
695 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
696 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000697 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000698 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
699 (default big endian)
700 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
701 rectangle fill
702 (cf. smiLynxEM)
703 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
704 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
705 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
706 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000707 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
708 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000709 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
710 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000711 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000712 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
713 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
714 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
715 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
716 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
717 (i.e. i8042_getc)
718 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
719 (requires blink timer
720 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200721 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000722 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
723 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500724 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000725 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
726 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000727 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
728 linux_logo.h for logo.
729 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000730 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200731 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000732 the logo
733
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000734 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
735 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
736 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
737
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000738 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
739 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
740 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000742 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
743 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
744 the "silent" environment variable. See
745 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000746
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200747 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
748 is 0x00.
749 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
750 is 0xa0.
751
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752- Console Baudrate:
753 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
754 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200755 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
756 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100758- Console Rx buffer length
759 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
760 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100761 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100762 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
763 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
764 the SMC.
765
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000766- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200767 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
768 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
769 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
770 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
771 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
772 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
773 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200774 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200775 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000776
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200777 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
778 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000779
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000780- Safe printf() functions
781 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
782 the printf() functions. These are defined in
783 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
784 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
785 If this option is not given then these functions will
786 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
787 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
788
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
790 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
791 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000792 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
793 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000794
795 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
796 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
797 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
798 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
799 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
800 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
801 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
802 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
803 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
804 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
805 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
806 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
807
808- Autoboot Command:
809 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
810 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
811 define a command string that is automatically executed
812 when no character is read on the console interface
813 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
814
815 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000816 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
817 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
818 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
820 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000821 The value of these goes into the environment as
822 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
823 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200824 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000825
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100826- Bootcount:
827 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
828 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
829 cycle, see:
830 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
831
832 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
833 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
834 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
835 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
836 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
837 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
838 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
839 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
840 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
841
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000842- Pre-Boot Commands:
843 CONFIG_PREBOOT
844
845 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
846 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
847 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
848 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
849 entering interactive mode.
850
851 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
852 automatically generated or modified. For an example
853 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
854 modified when the user holds down a certain
855 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
856 booting the systems
857
858- Serial Download Echo Mode:
859 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
860 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
861 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
862 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
863 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
864 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
865 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
866
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500867- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000868 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
869 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200870 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000871
872- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500873 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
874 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000875 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
876 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500877 and augmenting with additional #define's
878 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000879
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500880 The default command configuration includes all commands
881 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000882
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500884 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
885 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
886 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
887 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
888 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
889 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
890 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500891 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500892 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
893 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
894 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600895 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
896 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
897 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
898 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500899 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
900 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500902 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
903 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600904 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600905 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500906 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500907 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000908 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
909 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500910 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500911 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000912 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500913 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
914 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
915 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200916 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500918 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000919 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000920 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
922 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
923 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
924 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000925 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200926 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500927 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500928 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000929 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500930 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
931 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
932 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
933 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200934 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000935 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
936 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500937 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
938 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200939 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400940 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000941 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500942 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000943 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200944 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500945 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
946 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
947 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100948 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500949 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
950 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200951 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600952 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000953 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500954 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
955 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
956 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
957 host
958 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000959 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500960 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
961 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000962 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500963 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
964 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
965 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
966 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
967 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
968 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700969 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200970 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400971 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800972 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200973 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000975 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000976 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000977 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
978 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500979 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500980 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000981 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200982 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000983
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000984
985 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
986 support you can write:
987
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500988 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
989 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000990
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400991 Other Commands:
992 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000993
994 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500995 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000996 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
997 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
998 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
999 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1000 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1001 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001002
1003
1004 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1005
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001006- Regular expression support:
1007 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001008 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1009 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1010 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1011 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001012
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001013- Device tree:
1014 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1015 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1016 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1017 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1018 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1019 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1020
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001021 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1022 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001023
1024 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1025 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1026 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1027 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1028 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1029 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001030
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001031 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1032 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1033 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1034 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1035
1036 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1037
1038 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1039 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1040 still use the individual files if you need something more
1041 exotic.
1042
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001043- Watchdog:
1044 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1045 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001046 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1047 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1048 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1049 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1050 available, then no further board specific code should
1051 be needed to use it.
1052
1053 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1054 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1055 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1056 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001057
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001058- U-Boot Version:
1059 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1060 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1061 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1062 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001063 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1064 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001065
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066- Real-Time Clock:
1067
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001068 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001069 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1070 following options:
1071
1072 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1073 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001074 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001075 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001076 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001077 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001078 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001079 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001080 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001081 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001082 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001083 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1084 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001085
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001086 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1087 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1088
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001089- GPIO Support:
1090 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001091
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001092 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1093 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1094 pins supported by a particular chip.
1095
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001096 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1097 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1098
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001099- Timestamp Support:
1100
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001101 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1102 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1103 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001104 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001105
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001106- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1107 Zero or more of the following:
1108 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1109 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1110 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1111 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1112 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1113 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1114 disk/part_efi.c
1115 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001116
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001117 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1118 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001119 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001120
1121- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001122 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1123 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001124
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001125 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1126 be performed by calling the function
1127 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1128 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001129
1130- ATAPI Support:
1131 CONFIG_ATAPI
1132
1133 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1134
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001135- LBA48 Support
1136 CONFIG_LBA48
1137
1138 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001139 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001140 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1141 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1142
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001143 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001144 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1145 Default is 32bit.
1146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001147- SCSI Support:
1148 At the moment only there is only support for the
1149 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1150 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001152 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1153 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1154 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001155 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1156 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001157 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001159 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1160 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001161
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001162- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001163 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001164 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1165
1166 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1167 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1168 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1169 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1170
1171 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1172 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1173 example with the "sspi" command.
1174
1175 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1176 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1177 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001178
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001179 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001180 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001181
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001182 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1183 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001184 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001185 write routine for first time initialisation.
1186
1187 CONFIG_TULIP
1188 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1189 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1190 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1191
1192 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1193 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1194
1195 CONFIG_NS8382X
1196 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1197
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001198- NETWORK Support (other):
1199
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001200 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1201 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1202
1203 CONFIG_RMII
1204 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1205
1206 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1207 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1208 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1209
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001210 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1211 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1212
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001213 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001214 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1215
1216 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1217 Define this to hold the physical address
1218 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1219
1220 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1221 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1222
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001223 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001224 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1225
1226 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1227 Define this to hold the physical address
1228 of the device (I/O space)
1229
1230 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1231 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1232
1233 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1234 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1235 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1236
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001237 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1238 Support for davinci emac
1239
1240 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1241 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1242
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001243 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1244 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1245
1246 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1247 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1248 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1249 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1250 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1251 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1252 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1253 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1254
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001255 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001256 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1257
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001258 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001259 Define this to hold the physical address
1260 of the device (I/O space)
1261
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001262 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001263 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1264
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001265 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001266 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1267 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001268 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001269
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001270 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1271 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1272
1273 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1274 Define the number of ports to be used
1275
1276 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1277 Define the ETH PHY's address
1278
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001279 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1280 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1281
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001282- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001283 CONFIG_TPM
1284 Support TPM devices.
1285
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001286 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1287 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1288 per system is supported at this time.
1289
1290 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1291 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1292
1293 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1294 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1295
1296 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1297 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1298
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001299 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1300 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1301
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001302 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001303 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1304 per system is supported at this time.
1305
1306 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1307 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1308 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1309 0xfed40000.
1310
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001311 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1312 Add tpm monitor functions.
1313 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1314 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1315
1316 CONFIG_TPM
1317 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1318 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1319 Requires support for a TPM device.
1320
1321 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1322 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1323 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1324
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001325- USB Support:
1326 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001327 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001328 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1329 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001330 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001331 storage devices.
1332 Note:
1333 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1334 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001335 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1336 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1337 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001338 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1339 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001340 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1341 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1342 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001343 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1344 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001345 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001346 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1347 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001348
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001349 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1350 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1351
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001352 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1353 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1354
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001355- USB Device:
1356 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1357 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1358 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001359 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001360 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1361 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001362 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001363 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1364 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1365 a Linux host by
1366 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1367 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1368 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1369 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001370
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001371 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1372 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001373
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001374 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1375 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1376 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001377
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301378 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1379 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1380 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1381 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1382 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1383 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1384 speed.
1385
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001386 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001387 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1388 be set to usbtty.
1389
1390 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001391 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001392 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001393 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001394
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001395 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001396 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001397 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001398
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001399 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001400 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001401 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001402 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1403 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1404 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1405
1406 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1407 Define this string as the name of your company for
1408 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001409
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001410 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1411 Define this string as the name of your product
1412 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1413
1414 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1415 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1416 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1417 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1418 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001419
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001420 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1421 Define this as the unique Product ID
1422 for your device
1423 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001424
Przemyslaw Marczak351e9b22013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001425 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1426 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1427 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1428 This enables function definition:
1429 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1430 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1431
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001432- ULPI Layer Support:
1433 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1434 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1435 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1436 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1437 viewport is supported.
1438 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1439 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001440 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1441 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1442 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001443
1444- MMC Support:
1445 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1446 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1447 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1448 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001449 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1450 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001451
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001452 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1453 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1454
1455 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1456 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1457
1458 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1459 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1460
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001461- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1462 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1463 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1464
1465 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1466 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1467 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1468 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1469 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1470
1471 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1472 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1473
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001474 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1475 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1476
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301477 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1478 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1479 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1480 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1481 one that would help mostly the developer.
1482
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001483 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1484 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1485 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1486 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1487 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1488
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001489 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1490 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1491 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1492 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1493 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1494 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1495
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001496- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1497 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1498 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1499 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1500
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001501 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1502 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001503 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1504
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001505 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001506 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1507 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1508
1509 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001510 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001511 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1512 have not defined a custom partition
1513
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001514- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1515 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001516
1517 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1518 file in FAT formatted partition.
1519
1520 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1521 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001522
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001523CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1524 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1525
1526 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1527 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1528 and cbfsload.
1529
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001530- Keyboard Support:
1531 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1532
1533 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1534 support
1535
1536 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1537 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1538 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1539 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1540 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1541
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001542 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1543 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1544 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1545 which provides key scans on request.
1546
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001547- Video support:
1548 CONFIG_VIDEO
1549
1550 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1551 video).
1552
1553 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1554
1555 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1556
1557 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001558 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001559 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1560 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1561 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001562
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001563 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001564 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001565 are possible:
1566 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001567 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001568
1569 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1570 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1571 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1572 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1573 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1574 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1575 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001576 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1577
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001578 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001579 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001580
1581
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001582 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001583 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001584 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1585 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1586
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001587 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001588 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001589 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1590 support, and should also define these other macros:
1591
1592 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1593 CONFIG_VIDEO
1594 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1595 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1596 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1597 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1598 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1599 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1600
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001601 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1602 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1603 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1604 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001605
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001606 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1607
1608 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1609 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1610 driver.
1611
1612
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001613- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001614 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001615
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001616 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1617 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1618 defined in your board-specific files.
1619 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001620
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001621- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1622
1623 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1624 display); also select one of the supported displays
1625 by defining one of these:
1626
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001627 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1628
1629 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1630
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001631 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001632
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001633 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001634
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001635 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001636
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001637 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1638 Active, color, single scan.
1639
1640 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1641
1642 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001643 Active, color, single scan.
1644
1645 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1646
1647 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1648 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1649
1650 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1651
1652 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1653 Active, color, single scan.
1654
1655 CONFIG_HLD1045
1656
1657 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1658 Active, color, single scan.
1659
1660 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1661
1662 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1663 or
1664 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1665 or
1666 Hitachi SP14Q002
1667
1668 320x240. Black & white.
1669
1670 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001671 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001672
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001673 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1674
1675 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1676 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1677 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1678 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1679 a per-section basis.
1680
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001681 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1682
1683 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1684 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1685 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1686 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001687
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001688 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1689
1690 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1691
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001692 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1693
1694 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1695 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1696
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001697- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001698
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001699 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1700 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1701 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001702 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001703 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1704 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1705 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1706 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001707
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001708 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1709
1710 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1711 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1712 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1713 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1714 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1715 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1716 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1717 there is no need to set this option.
1718
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001719 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1720
1721 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1722 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1723 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1724 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1725 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1726 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1727
1728 Example:
1729 setenv splashpos m,m
1730 => image at center of screen
1731
1732 setenv splashpos 30,20
1733 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1734
1735 setenv splashpos -10,m
1736 => vertically centered image
1737 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1738
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001739- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1740
1741 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1742 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1743 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1744
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001745- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1746
1747 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1748 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1749 bmp command.
1750
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001751- Do compresssing for memory range:
1752 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1753
1754 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1755 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1756
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001757- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001758 CONFIG_GZIP
1759
1760 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1761
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001762 CONFIG_BZIP2
1763
1764 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1765 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1766 compressed images are supported.
1767
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001768 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001769 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001770 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001771
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001772 CONFIG_LZMA
1773
1774 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1775 images is included.
1776
1777 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1778 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1779 formula:
1780
1781 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1782
1783 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1784 and Literal pos bits.
1785
1786 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1787 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1788 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1789 a very small buffer.
1790
1791 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1792 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001793 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001794
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001795 CONFIG_LZO
1796
1797 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1798 is included.
1799
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001800- MII/PHY support:
1801 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1802
1803 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1804
1805 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1806
1807 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1808
1809 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1810
1811 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001812 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001813
1814 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1815
1816 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1817 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1818 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1819 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1820
1821 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1822
1823 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1824 command issued before MII status register can be read
1825
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001826- Ethernet address:
1827 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001828 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001829 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1830 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001831 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1832 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001833
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001834 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1835 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001836 is not determined automatically.
1837
1838- IP address:
1839 CONFIG_IPADDR
1840
1841 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001842 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001843 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001844 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001845
1846- Server IP address:
1847 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1848
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001849 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001850 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001851 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001852
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001853 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1854
1855 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1856 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1857
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001858- Gateway IP address:
1859 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1860
1861 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1862 default router where packets to other networks are
1863 sent to.
1864 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1865
1866- Subnet mask:
1867 CONFIG_NETMASK
1868
1869 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1870 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1871 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1872 forwarded through a router.
1873 (Environment variable "netmask")
1874
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001875- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1876 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1877
1878 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1879 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001880 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001881 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1882 multicast group.
1883
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001884- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1885 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1886
1887 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1888 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1889 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1890 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1891 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1892 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1893 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1894 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001895 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001896
1897 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1898 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1899 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1900 4th and following
1901 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1902
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001903- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001904 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1905 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001906
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001907 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1908 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1909 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1910 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1911 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1912 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1913 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1914 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1915 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1916 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1917 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1918 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001919 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001920
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001921 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1922 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001923
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001924 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1925 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1926 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1927 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1928 is not available.
1929
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001930 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1931 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1932 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1933 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1934 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1935 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1936 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001937 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001938
1939 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1940 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1941 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001942 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001943 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1944 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001945
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001946 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1947
1948 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1949 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1950 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1951 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1952 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1953 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1954 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1955 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1956 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1957 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1958 this delay.
1959
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001960 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1961 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1962 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1963 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1964 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1965
1966 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1967
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001968 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001969 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001970
1971 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1972
1973 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1974
1975 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1976 of the device.
1977
1978 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1979
1980 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1981 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001982 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001983
1984 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1985
1986 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1987 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1988
1989 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1990
1991 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1992
1993 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1994
1995 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1996
1997 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1998
1999 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2000
2001 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2002
2003 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2004 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2005
2006 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2007
2008 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2009
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002010- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2011
2012 Several configurations allow to display the current
2013 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2014 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2015 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2016 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2017 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2018 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2019 feature in U-Boot.
2020
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002021 Additional options:
2022
2023 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2024 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2025 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2026 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2027 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2028
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002029 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2030 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2031 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2032 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2033 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2034 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2035
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002036- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2037
2038 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2039 on those systems that support this (optional)
2040 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2041
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002042- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002043
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002044 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2045 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2046 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2047 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2048 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2049 interface.
2050
2051 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002052 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2053 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2054 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2055 for defining speed and slave address
2056 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2057 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2058 for defining speed and slave address
2059 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2060 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2061 for defining speed and slave address
2062 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2063 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2064 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002065
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002066 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2067 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2068 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2069 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2070 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2071 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002072 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002073 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2074 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2075 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2076 second bus.
2077
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002078 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002079 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2080 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2081 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002082
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002083 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2084 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2085 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2086 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2087
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002088 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2089 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2090 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2091 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2092 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2093 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2094 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2095 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2096 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2097 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2098
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002099 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2100 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2101 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2102
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2104 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2105 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2106 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2107 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2108 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2109 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2110 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2111 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2112
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002113 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2114 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2115 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2116
2117 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2118 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2119 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2120 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2121 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2122 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2123 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2124 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2125 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2126 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2127 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2128 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2129 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2130
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002131 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2132 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2133 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2134 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2135 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2136 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2137 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2138 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2143
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002144 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2145 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2146 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2147 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2148
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302149 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2150 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2151 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2152 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2153 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2154
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002155 additional defines:
2156
2157 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2158 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2159 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2160 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2161 omit this define.
2162
2163 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2164 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2165 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2166 omit this define.
2167
2168 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2169 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2170 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2171 define.
2172
2173 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2174 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2175 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2176 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2177 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2178
2179 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2180 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2181 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2182 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2183 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2184 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2185 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2186 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2187 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2188 }
2189
2190 which defines
2191 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002192 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2193 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2194 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2195 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2196 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002197 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002198 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2199 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002200
2201 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2202
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002203- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002204
2205 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2206 provides the following compelling advantages:
2207
2208 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2209 - approved multibus support
2210 - better i2c mux support
2211
2212 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2213
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002214 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2215 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2216 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002217
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002218 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002219 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002220 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2221 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002222 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002223
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002224 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002225
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002226 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002227 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002229 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002230 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002231 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002232 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002233
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002234 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002235 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002236 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2237 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2238 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002239
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002240 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2241
2242 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2243 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2244 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2245 commands until the slave device responds.
2246
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002247 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002248
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002249 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002250 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2251 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002252
2253 I2C_INIT
2254
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002255 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002256 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002257
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002258 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002259
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002260 I2C_PORT
2261
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002262 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2263 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2264 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265
2266 I2C_ACTIVE
2267
2268 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2269 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2270 define can be null.
2271
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002272 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2273
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002274 I2C_TRISTATE
2275
2276 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2277 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2278 define can be null.
2279
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002280 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282 I2C_READ
2283
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002284 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2285 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002286
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002287 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2288
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002289 I2C_SDA(bit)
2290
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002291 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2292 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002293
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002294 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002295 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002296 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002297
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002298 I2C_SCL(bit)
2299
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002300 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2301 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002302
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002303 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002304 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002305 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002306
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002307 I2C_DELAY
2308
2309 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2310 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002311 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002312 like:
2313
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002314 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002316 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2317
2318 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2319 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2320 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2321 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2322
2323 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2324 the generic GPIO functions.
2325
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002327
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002328 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2329 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2330 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2331 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2332 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2333 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2334 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2335 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002336
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002337 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2338
2339 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2340 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2341 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2342 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2343 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2344 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2345 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2346 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2347
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002348 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2349
2350 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2351 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2352 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2353
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002354 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2355
2356 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002357 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2358 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002359 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2360
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002361 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002362
2363 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002364 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002365 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2366 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002367
2368 e.g.
2369 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002370 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002371
2372 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2373
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002374 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002375 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002376
2377 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2378
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002379 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002380
2381 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2382 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002384 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002385
2386 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2387 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2388
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002389 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002390
2391 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2392 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2393
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002394 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002395
2396 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2397 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2398 specified DTT device.
2399
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002400 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2401
2402 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2403 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2404 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2405 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2406 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2407 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2408 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002409
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002410- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2411
2412 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2413 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2414 D/As on the SACSng board)
2415
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002416 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2417
2418 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2419 only SH7757 is supported.
2420
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002421 CONFIG_SPI_X
2422
2423 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2424 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2425
2426 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2427
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002428 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2429 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2430 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2431 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2432 defined, the board configuration must define several
2433 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2434 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002435
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002436 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2437
2438 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2439 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2440 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002441 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002442 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2443
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002444 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2445
2446 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002447 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002448
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002449- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2450
2451 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2452
2453 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2454
2455 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2456 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2457
2458 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2459
2460 Enables support for FPGA family.
2461 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2462
2463 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002464
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002465 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002466
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002467 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002468
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002469 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002470
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002471 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002472
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002473 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2474 status by the configuration function. This option
2475 will require a board or device specific function to
2476 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002477
2478 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2479
2480 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2481 configuration driver.
2482
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002483 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002484 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2485
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002486 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002487
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002488 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2489 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2490 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2491 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002492
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002493 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002494
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002495 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2496 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2497 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002498 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002500 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002501
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002502 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002503 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002504
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002505 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002506
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002507 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002508 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002509
2510- Configuration Management:
2511 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2512
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002513 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2514 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002515
2516- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2517
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002518 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2519 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002520 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002521 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2522 protects these variables from casual modification by
2523 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2524 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002525 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
2527 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2528 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002529 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002530 these parameters.
2531
2532 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2533 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002534 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2536 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2537 read-only.]
2538
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002539 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2540 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2541 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2542 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2543
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002544- Protected RAM:
2545 CONFIG_PRAM
2546
2547 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2548 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2549 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2550 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2551 this default value by defining an environment
2552 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2553 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2554 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2555 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2556 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2557 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2558 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2559
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002560 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002561 saveenv
2562
2563 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2564 either, which results in a memory region that will
2565 not be affected by reboots.
2566
2567 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2568 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2569 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2570 following board configurations are known to be
2571 "pRAM-clean":
2572
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002573 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2574 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002575 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002576
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002577- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2578 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2579 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2580 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2581 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2582 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2583 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2584
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002585- Error Recovery:
2586 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2587
2588 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2589 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2590 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002591 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002592 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2593 useful during development since you can try to debug
2594 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2595
2596 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2597
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002598 This variable defines the number of retries for
2599 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2600 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2601 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002602
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002603 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2604
2605 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2606
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002607 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2608
2609 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2610 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2611 try longer timeout such as
2612 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2613
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002614- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002615 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002616
2617 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2618
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002619 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2620 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002621
2622
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002623 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002624
2625 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2626 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2627 powerful command line syntax like
2628 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2629 constructs ("shell scripts").
2630
2631 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2632 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2633
2634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002635 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002636
2637 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2638 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2639 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2640
2641 Note:
2642
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002643 In the current implementation, the local variables
2644 space and global environment variables space are
2645 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2646 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2647 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2648 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2649 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002650
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002651 Global environment variables are those you use
2652 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2653 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2654 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002655
2656 To store commands and special characters in a
2657 variable, please use double quotation marks
2658 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2659 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2660 symbols.
2661
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002662- Commandline Editing and History:
2663 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2664
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002665 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002666 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002667
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002668- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002669 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2670
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002671 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2672 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002673 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002674
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002675 For example, place something like this in your
2676 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002677
2678 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2679 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2680 "myvar2=value2\0"
2681
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002682 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2683 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2684 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2685 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002686 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002687 You better know what you are doing here.
2688
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002689 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2690 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002691 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002692 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002693
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002694 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2695
2696 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2697 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2698 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2699
2700 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2701
2702 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2703 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2704 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2705 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2706 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2707
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002708 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2709
2710 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2711 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2712 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2713
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002714 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2715
2716 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2717 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2718 that so that the environment is not available until
2719 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2720 this is instead controlled by the value of
2721 /config/load-environment.
2722
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002723- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002724 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2725
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002726 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2727 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2728 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002729
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002730- Serial Flash support
2731 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2732
2733 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2734 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2735
2736 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2737 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2738 commands.
2739
2740 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2741 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2742 flash is present on the system.
2743
2744 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2745 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2746 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2747 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2748
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002749 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2750
2751 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2752 test ('sf test').
2753
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302754 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2755
2756 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2757 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2758
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002759- SystemACE Support:
2760 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2761
2762 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2763 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002764 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002765 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002766
2767 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002768 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002769
2770 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2771 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2772
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002773- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2774 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2775
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002776 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002777 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002778 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002779 number generator is used.
2780
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002781 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2782 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2783 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2784
2785 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002786 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2787 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2788 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2789 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2790 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2791 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2792
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002793- Hashing support:
2794 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2795
2796 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2797 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2798
2799 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2800
2801 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2802 size a little.
2803
2804 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2805 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2806
2807 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2808 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2809
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002810- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2811 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2812 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2813 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2814
2815 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2816 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2817 a boot from specific media.
2818
2819 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2820 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2821 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2822 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2823 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2824
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002825- Signing support:
2826 CONFIG_RSA
2827
2828 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2829 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2830
2831 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2832 option.
2833
2834
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002835- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2837
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002838 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2839 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2840 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2841 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2842 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2843 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002844
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002845- Detailed boot stage timing
2846 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2847 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2848 of the boot process.
2849
2850 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2851 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2852 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2853 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2854 the limit, recording will stop.
2855
2856 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2857 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2858
2859 Timer summary in microseconds:
2860 Mark Elapsed Stage
2861 0 0 reset
2862 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2863 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2864 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2865 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2866 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2867 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2868 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2869
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002870 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2871 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2872 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2873
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002874 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2875 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2876 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2877 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2878 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2879 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2880 For example:
2881
2882 bootstage {
2883 154 {
2884 name = "board_init_f";
2885 mark = <3575678>;
2886 };
2887 170 {
2888 name = "lcd";
2889 accum = <33482>;
2890 };
2891 };
2892
2893 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2894
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002895Legacy uImage format:
2896
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002897 Arg Where When
2898 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002899 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002900 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002901 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002902 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002903 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002904 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2905 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2906 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002907 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002908 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2909 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2910 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2911 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002912 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002913 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002914
2915 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2916 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2917 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2918 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2919 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2920 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2921 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002922 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002923 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2924 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2925
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002926 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002927
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002928 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002929 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2930 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002931
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002932 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2933 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2934 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2935 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2936 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2937 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2938 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2939 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2940 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2941 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2942 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2943 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2944 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2945 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2946 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2947 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2948 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2949 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2950 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2951 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2952 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2953 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2954 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2955 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2956 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2957 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2958 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2959 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2960 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2961 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2962 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2963 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2964 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2965 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2966 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2967 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2968 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2969 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2970 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2971 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2972 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2973 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2974 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2975 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2976 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2977 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2978 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002979
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002980 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002981
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002982 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002983 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2984 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002985
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002986 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2987 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002988 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002989 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2990 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2991 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002992 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2993 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002994 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002996FIT uImage format:
2997
2998 Arg Where When
2999 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3000 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3001 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3002 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3003 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3004 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003005 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003006 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3007 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3008 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3009 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3010 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003011 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3012 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003013 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3014 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3015 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3016 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3017 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3018 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3019 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3020 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3021
3022 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3023 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3024 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003025 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003026 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3027 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3028 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3029 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3030 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3031 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3032 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3033 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3034 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3035 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3036 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3037 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3038
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003039 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003040 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3041
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003042 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003043 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3044
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003045 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003046 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3047
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003048- FIT image support:
3049 CONFIG_FIT
3050 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3051
3052 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3053 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3054 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3055 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3056 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3057 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3058
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003059 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3060 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3061 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3062 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3063
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003064- Standalone program support:
3065 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3066
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003067 This option defines a board specific value for the
3068 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3069 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003070 settings.
3071
3072- Frame Buffer Address:
3073 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3074
3075 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003076 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3077 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3078 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3079 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3080 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3081 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3082 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003083
3084 Please see board_init_f function.
3085
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003086- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3087 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3088 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3089 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3090
3091 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3092 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3093
3094- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3095 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3096
3097 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3098 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3099
3100 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3101
3102 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3103 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3104
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003105- UBI support
3106 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3107
3108 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3109 with the UBI flash translation layer
3110
3111 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3112
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003113 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3114
3115 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3116 warnings and errors enabled.
3117
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003118- UBIFS support
3119 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3120
3121 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3122 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3123
3124 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3125
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003126 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3127
3128 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3129 warnings and errors enabled.
3130
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003131- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003132 CONFIG_SPL
3133 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003134
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003135 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3136 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3137
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003138 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3139 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3140 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3141 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003142 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003143 must not be both defined at the same time.
3144
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003145 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003146 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3147 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3148 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3149 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003150
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003151 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3152 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003153
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003154 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3155 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3156 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3157
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003158 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3159 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3160
3161 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003162 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3163 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3164 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003165 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003166 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003167
3168 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3169 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3170
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003171 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3172 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3173 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3174 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3175
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003176 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3177 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3178
3179 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3180 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003181
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003182 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3183 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3184 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3185 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3186
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003187 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3188 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3189 about the running system.
3190
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003191 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3192 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3193
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003194 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3195 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003196
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003197 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3198 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003199
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003200 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3201 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003202
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003203 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3204 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003205
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003206 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3207 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003208
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003209 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3210 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3211 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3212 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3213 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3214
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003215 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3216 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3217 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3218
3219 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3220 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3221 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3222 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3223 (for falcon mode)
3224
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003225 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3226 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3227
3228 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3229 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3230
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003231 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3232 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3233 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3234
3235 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3236 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3237 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3238
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003239 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3240 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3241 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3242 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3243 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3244
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003245 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3246 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3247 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3248
3249 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3250 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3251
3252 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3253 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3254
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003255 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003256 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3257 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003258
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003259 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3260 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003261 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003262
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003263 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3264 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3265 SPL binary.
3266
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003267 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3268 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3269 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3270 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3271 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3272 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003273 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003274
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303275 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3276 Add support NAND boot
3277
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003278 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003279 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3280
3281 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3282 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3283
3284 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3285 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003286
3287 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003288 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003289
3290 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3291 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3292 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3293
3294 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3295 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3296 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3297
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003298 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3299 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003300
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003301 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3302 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003303
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003304 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3305 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003306
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003307 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3308 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3309
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003310 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3311 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003312
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003313 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3314 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3315
3316 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3317 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3318 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3319 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3320
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003321 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003322 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3323 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3324 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3325 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3326 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003327
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003328 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3329 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3330 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3331 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3332
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003333 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3334 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3335 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3336 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3337 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3338
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003339- TPL framework
3340 CONFIG_TPL
3341 Enable building of TPL globally.
3342
3343 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3344 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3345 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003346 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3347 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3348 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003349
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003350Modem Support:
3351--------------
3352
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003353[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003354
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003355- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003356 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3357
3358- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3359 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3360
3361- Modem debug support:
3362 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3363
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003364 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3365 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003366
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003367- Interrupt support (PPC):
3368
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003369 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3370 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003371 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003372 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003373 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003374 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003375 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003376 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3377 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3378 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003379
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003380- General:
3381
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003382 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3383 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3384 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003385 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003386 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3387 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3388 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003390 If there are no modem init strings in the
3391 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3392 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003393 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003394
3395 See also: doc/README.Modem
3396
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003397Board initialization settings:
3398------------------------------
3399
3400During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3401to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3402before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3403following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3404architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3405typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3406
3407- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3408- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3409- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3410- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003412Configuration Settings:
3413-----------------------
3414
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003415- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003416 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3417
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003418- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3419 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3420
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003421- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003422 prompt for user input.
3423
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003424- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003425
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003426- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003428- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003429
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003430- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003431 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3432 booted
3433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003434- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003435 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3436
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003437- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003438 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003440- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003441 If the board specific function
3442 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3443 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003444 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3445
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003446- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003447 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003448
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003449- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003450 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3451
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003452- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003453 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3454 simple memory test.
3455
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003456- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003457 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003458
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003459- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003460 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3461 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3462
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003463- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3464 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003465 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003466 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003467 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3468 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3469 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003470 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003471 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003472 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003473
3474 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3475 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3476 be touched.
3477
3478 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3479 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3480 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3481 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3482 problems.
3483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003484- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003485 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3486
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003487- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003488 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3489
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003490- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003491 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3492 Cogent motherboard)
3493
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003494- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003495 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003497- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3499 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003500 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003501 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003502
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003503- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003504 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3505 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3506 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3507 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003508
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003509- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003510 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003512- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003513 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3514 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003515 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003516 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3517
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003518- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003519 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3520 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003521 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3522 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003523 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003524 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003525 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003526 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3527 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3528 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003529
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003530- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3531 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3532 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3533 is enabled.
3534
3535- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3536 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3537 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3538
3539- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3540 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3541 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3542
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003543- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003544 Max number of Flash memory banks
3545
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003546- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003547 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3548
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003549- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003550 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003552- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003553 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3554
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003555- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003556 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003558- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003559 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003561- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003562 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3563 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003565- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003566
3567 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3568 without this option such a download has to be
3569 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3570 copy from RAM to flash.
3571
3572 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3573 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003574 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3575 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003576 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003578- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003579 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003580 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003582- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003583 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3584 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003585
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003586- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3587 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3588 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3589 to the MTD layer.
3590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003591- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003592 Use buffered writes to flash.
3593
3594- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3595 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3596 write commands.
3597
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003598- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003599 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3600 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3601 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3602 optionally available.
3603
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003604- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3605 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3606 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3607 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3608
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003609- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3610 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3611 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3612 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3613 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3614 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3615 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3616 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3617
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003618- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003619 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3620 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003621 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3622 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003623 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003624 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3625
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003626- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3627
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003628 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3629 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3630 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3631 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3632 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003633
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003634- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3635- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003636 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003637 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3638 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3639 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3640
3641 The format of the list is:
3642 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003643 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3644 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003645 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3646 list = entry[,list]
3647
3648 The type attributes are:
3649 s - String (default)
3650 d - Decimal
3651 x - Hexadecimal
3652 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3653 i - IP address
3654 m - MAC address
3655
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003656 The access attributes are:
3657 a - Any (default)
3658 r - Read-only
3659 o - Write-once
3660 c - Change-default
3661
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003662 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3663 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3664 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3665
3666 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3667 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3668 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3669 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3670 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3671 ".flags" variable.
3672
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003673- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3674 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3675 access flags.
3676
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003677- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3678 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3679 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3680 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3681 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3682 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3683 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3684 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3685 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3686
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003687- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3688 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3689 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3690 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3691 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3692
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003693- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3694 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3695 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3696 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003697
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003698The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3699of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3700following configurations:
3701
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003702- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3703
3704 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3705 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3706
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003707- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003708
3709 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3710
3711 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3712 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3713 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3714 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3715 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3716 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3717 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3718 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3719 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3720 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3721 between U-Boot and the environment.
3722
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003723 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724
3725 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3726 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3727 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3728 for this sector is given here.
3729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003730 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003732 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003733
3734 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3735 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003736 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003738 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003739
3740 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3741
3742
3743 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3744 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3745 the environment.
3746
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003747 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003749 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003750 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003751 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3752 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3753
3754 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3755 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3756 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3757 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3758 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3759 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3760 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3761 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3762 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003764 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3765 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003766
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003767 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003768 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003769 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003770 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003771
3772BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3773source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3774accordingly!
3775
3776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003777- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003778
3779 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3780 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3781 environment.
3782
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003783 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3784 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003785
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003786 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003787 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3788 can just be read and written to, without any special
3789 provision.
3790
3791BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3792in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003793console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003794U-Boot will hang.
3795
3796Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3797environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3798keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3799to save the current settings.
3800
3801
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003802- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803
3804 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3805 device and a driver for it.
3806
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003807 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3808 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809
3810 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3811 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003813 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3815 The default address is zero.
3816
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003817 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3819 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3820 would require six bits.
3821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003822 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003824 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003826 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003827 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3828 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003830 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003831 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3832 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3833 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3834 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3835 byte chips.
3836
3837 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3838 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3839 in the chip address.
3840
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003841 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003842 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3843
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003844 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3845 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3846 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3847
3848 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3849 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3850 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3851 EEPROM. For example:
3852
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003853 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003854
3855 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3856 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003858- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003859
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003860 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003861 want to use for the environment.
3862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003863 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3864 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3865 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003866
3867 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3868 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3869 at the specified address.
3870
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003871- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3872
3873 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3874 want to use for the local device's environment.
3875
3876 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3877 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3878
3879 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3880 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3881 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003882 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003883
3884BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3885"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003886environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3887but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003888
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003889- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003890
3891 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3892 for the environment.
3893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003894 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3895 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003896
3897 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003898 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3899 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003900
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003901 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003903 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003904 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3905 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003906 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003907 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003908
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003909 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3910
3911 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3912 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3913 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3914 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3915 the range to be avoided.
3916
3917 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3918
3919 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3920 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3921 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3922 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3923 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003924
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003925- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3926
3927 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3928 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3929 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3930
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003931- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3932
3933 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3934 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3935 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3936
3937 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3938
3939 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3940
3941 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3942
3943 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3944 environment in.
3945
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003946 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3947
3948 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3949 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3950 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3951
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003952 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3953 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3954
3955 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3956 when storing the env in UBI.
3957
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003958- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3959
3960 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3961 environment.
3962
3963 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3964
3965 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3966
3967 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3968
3969 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3970 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3971 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3972
3973 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3974 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3975
3976 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3977 area within the specified MMC device.
3978
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003979 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3980 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3981 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3982 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3983 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3984 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3985 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3986
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003987 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3988 MMC sector boundary.
3989
3990 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3991
3992 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3993 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3994 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3995 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3996
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003997 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3998 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3999
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004000 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4001 an MMC sector boundary.
4002
4003 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4004
4005 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4006 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4007 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004009- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
4011 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4012 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4013 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4014 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4015 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4016 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4017 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4018
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004019Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004020has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004021created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022until then to read environment variables.
4023
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004024The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4025is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4026with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4027necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4028"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4029have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004030
4031Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4032the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004033use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004034
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004035- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004036 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004037
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004038 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004039 also needs to be defined.
4040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004041- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004042 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004044- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4045 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4046 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4047 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4048 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4049 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4050
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004051- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4052 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4053 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4054 to do this.
4055
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004056- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4057 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4058 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4059 present.
4060
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004061Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004062---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004064- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4066
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004067- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004068 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004069
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004070 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4071 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4072 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004073
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004074- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4075 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4076 PowerPC SOCs.
4077
4078- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4079 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4080 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4081
4082 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4083 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4084
4085- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4086 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4087 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004088 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004089 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4090 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4091 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4092
4093 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4094 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4095
4096- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004097 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4098 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004099 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4100 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4101
4102- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4103 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4104 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4105 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4106
4107- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4108 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4109 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4110
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004111- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004112 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004113
4114 the default drive number (default value 0)
4115
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004116 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004117
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004118 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004119 (default value 1)
4120
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004121 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004122
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004123 defines the offset of register from address. It
4124 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004125 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004126
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004127 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4128 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004129 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004130
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004131 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004132 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4133 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4134 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4135 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004136
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004137- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4138 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4139 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4140 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4141 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4142 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4143 is requierd.
4144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004145- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004146 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004147 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004149- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004151 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004152 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4153 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4154 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4155 will become available only after programming the
4156 memory controller and running certain initialization
4157 sequences.
4158
4159 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4160 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4161 - MPC824X: data cache
4162 - PPC4xx: data cache
4163
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004164- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004165
4166 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004167 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4168 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004169 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004170 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004171 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4172 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4173 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
4175 Note:
4176 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4177 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004178 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4180 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4181
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004182- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004183
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004184- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004186- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004188- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004189
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004190- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004191
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004192- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004194- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004195 SDRAM timing
4196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004197- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198 periodic timer for refresh
4199
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004200- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004202- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4203 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4204 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4205 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4207
4208- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004209 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4210 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004211 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004213- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4214 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4216 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4217
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004218- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004219 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4220 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004222- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004223 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4224 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004226- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004227 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4228 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4229
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004230- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4232 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4233 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004235- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004236 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4237 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4238 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4239 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004241- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4242 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4243 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4244 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4245 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4246 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4247 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4248 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004249 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004250
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004251- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4252 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4253 required.
4254
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004255- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4256 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4257 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4258 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4259 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4260 by coreboot or similar.
4261
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004262- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4263 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4264
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004265- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4266 Chip has SRIO or not
4267
4268- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4269 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4270
4271- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4272 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4273
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004274- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4275 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4276
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004277- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4278 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4279
4280- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4281 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4282
4283- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4284 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4285
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004286- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4287 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4288 a 16 bit bus.
4289 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004290 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004291 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004292 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004293
4294- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4295 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4296 a default value will be used.
4297
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004298- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004299 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4300 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4301
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004302 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4303 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004305- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004306 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4307 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4308 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004309
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004310- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4311 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4312 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4313 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4314 header files or board specific files.
4315
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004316- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4317 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4318
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004319- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004320 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4321 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004322
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004323- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4324 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4325
4326- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4327 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004328 to the given FEC; i. e.
4329 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004330 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4331
4332 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4333
4334- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4335 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4336 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4337
4338- CONFIG_RMII
4339 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4340 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4341 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4342
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004343- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4344 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4345 The syntax is:
4346
4347 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4348
4349 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4350 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4351 area should have.
4352
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004353- CONFIG_LOOPW
4354 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004355 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004356
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004357- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4358 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4359 "md/mw" commands.
4360 Examples:
4361
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004362 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004363 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4364
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004365 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004366 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4367
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004368 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004369 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004370
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004371- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004372 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004373 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4374 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4375 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004376
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004377 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4378 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4379 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4380 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004381
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004382- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004383 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4384 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4385 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004386
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004387- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4388 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4389 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4390 It is loaded by the SPL.
4391
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004392- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4393 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4394 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4395 previous 4k of the .text section.
4396
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004397- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4398 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4399 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4400 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4401 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4402 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4403 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4404 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4405
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004406- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4407 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4408 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4409 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4410 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4411
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004412- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4413 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4414 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004415
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004416- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4417 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4418
4419 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004420
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004421- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4422 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4423
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004424Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4425-----------------------------------
4426
4427The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4428loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4429This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4430are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4431within that device.
4432
4433- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4434 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4435 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4436 is also specified.
4437
4438- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4439 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4440 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4441 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4442 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4443
4444- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4445 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4446 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4447 virtual address in NOR flash.
4448
4449- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4450 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4451 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4452
4453- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4454 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4455 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4456
4457- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4458 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4459 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4460
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004461- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4462 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4463 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004464 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4465 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4466 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004467
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004468Building the Software:
4469======================
4470
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004471Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4472and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4473all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4474(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4475recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4476which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004477
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004478If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4479have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4480you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4481Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4482necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004483
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004484 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4485 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004486
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004487Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4488 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4489 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4490 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4491
4492 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4493
4494 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4495 be executed on computers running Windows.
4496
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004497U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4498sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004499is done by typing:
4500
4501 make NAME_config
4502
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004503where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004504rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004506Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4507 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4508 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4509 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004510 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004512 make TQM823L_config
4513 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004515 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4516 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004518 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004521Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4522images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004524- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4525- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4526- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004527
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004528By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4529in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4530this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4531
45321. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4533
4534 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4535 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4536 make O=/tmp/build all
4537
45382. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4539
4540 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4541 make distclean
4542 make NAME_config
4543 make all
4544
4545Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4546variable.
4547
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004549Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4550for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4551native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004552
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4555to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4556steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045581. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004559 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4560 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045612. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4562 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4563 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
45643. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4565 your board
45663. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4567 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
45684. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
45695. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4570 to be installed on your target system.
45716. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4572 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004573
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004575Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4576==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004577
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004578If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4579or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004580provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4581the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004582official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004583
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004584But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4585cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004586the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4587just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004588for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4589select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4590environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4591you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004593 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004595or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004597 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004599When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4600U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4601setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4602built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4603<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4604location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4605variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004606
4607 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4608 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4609 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4610
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004611With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4612log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4613during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004614
4615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619Monitor Commands - Overview:
4620============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004622go - start application at address 'addr'
4623run - run commands in an environment variable
4624bootm - boot application image from memory
4625bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004626bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004627tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4628 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4629 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004630tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004631rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4632diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4633loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4634loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4635md - memory display
4636mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4637nm - memory modify (constant address)
4638mw - memory write (fill)
4639cp - memory copy
4640cmp - memory compare
4641crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004642i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004643sspi - SPI utility commands
4644base - print or set address offset
4645printenv- print environment variables
4646setenv - set environment variables
4647saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4648protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4649erase - erase FLASH memory
4650flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004651nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4653iminfo - print header information for application image
4654coninfo - print console devices and informations
4655ide - IDE sub-system
4656loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004657loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004658mtest - simple RAM test
4659icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4660dcache - enable or disable data cache
4661reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4662echo - echo args to console
4663version - print monitor version
4664help - print online help
4665? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004666
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4669========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004673For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
4675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676Environment Variables:
4677======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4680can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4683"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4684without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4685environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4686working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4687environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004688
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004689Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4690
4691List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004693 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004695 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004697 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004699 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004703 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4704 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4705 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4706 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4707 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4708 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004709 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4710 bootm_mapsize.
4711
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004712 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004713 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4714 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4715 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4716 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4717 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4718 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004719
4720 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4721 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4722 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4723 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4724 environment variable.
4725
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004726 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4727 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4728 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4731 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4732 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4733 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4736 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4737 be automatically started (by internally calling
4738 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004740 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4741 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4742 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4743 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4744 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004746 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4747 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004748 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4749 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4750 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4751 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4752 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4753 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4754 access it during the boot procedure.
4755
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004756 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4757 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4758 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4759 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4760 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4761 must be accessible by the kernel.
4762
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004763 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4764 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4765 defined.
4766
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004767 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4768 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4769 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4770 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4771 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4772
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004773 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4774 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4775 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4776 is usually what you want since it allows for
4777 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4778 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004779 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4781 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4782 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4783 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004785 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4786 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4787 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4788 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4789 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4790 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004794 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4795 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4796 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4797 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4798 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4799 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4800 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4805 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004811 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004813 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004816
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004817 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004819 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4820 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004821
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004822 => setenv ethact FEC
4823 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4824 => setenv ethact SCC
4825 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004827 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4828 available network interfaces.
4829 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4830
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004831 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004832 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4833 When set to "once" the network operation will
4834 fail when all the available network interfaces
4835 are tried once without success.
4836 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4837 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004838
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004839 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004840
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004841 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4842 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4843 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4844 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4845 is silent.
4846
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004847 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004848 UDP source port.
4849
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004850 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4851 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4852
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004853 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4854 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4855
4856 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4857 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4858 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4859 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4860 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4861 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4862 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4863
4864 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004865 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004867
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004868The following image location variables contain the location of images
4869used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4870not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4871variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4872server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4873loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4874flash or offset in NAND flash.
4875
4876*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4877boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4878boards use these variables for other purposes.
4879
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004880Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4881----- --------- ----------- --------------
4882u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4883Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4884device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4885ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4888updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4889depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891 bootfile - see above
4892 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4893 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4894 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4895 hostname - Target hostname
4896 ipaddr - see above
4897 netmask - Subnet Mask
4898 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4899 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004900
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4905 as type string and/or serial number
4906 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4909the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4910once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004911
4912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004915 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4916 with the "version" command. This variable is
4917 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004918
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004920Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4921only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004923
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004924Callback functions for environment variables:
4925---------------------------------------------
4926
4927For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4928when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4929be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4930deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4931effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4932
4933The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4934U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4935
4936These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4937static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4938in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4939associations. The list must be in the following format:
4940
4941 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4942 list = entry[,list]
4943
4944If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4945Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4946
4947Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4948with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4949override any association in the static list. You can define
4950CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4951".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4952
4953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954Command Line Parsing:
4955=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004957There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4958the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960Old, simple command line parser:
4961--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4964- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004965- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004966- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4967 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004968 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4970 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004972Hush shell:
4973-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004975- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4976 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4977 until...do...done, ...
4978- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4979 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4980 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4981 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004983General rules:
4984--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4987 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4988 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4989 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004991(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004992 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4994 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004996Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4997=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004998
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004999Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005000such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5001"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005003Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5004MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5005"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5008in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5009ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5010variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005011
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5013 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5016 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5017 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005019o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5020 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5023 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5024 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005026o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5027 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005028
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005029If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005030will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005031may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5032The naming convention is as follows:
5033"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035Image Formats:
5036==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005038U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5039images in two formats:
5040
5041New uImage format (FIT)
5042-----------------------
5043
5044Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5045to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5046components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5047SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5048
5049
5050Old uImage format
5051-----------------
5052
5053Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5054preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5055details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005057* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5058 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005059 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5060 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5061 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005062* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005063 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5064 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5066* Load Address
5067* Entry Point
5068* Image Name
5069* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005071The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5072and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5073CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005074
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076Linux Support:
5077==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5080easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5081U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5084special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5085"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5086instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5087serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5090 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5091 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005093- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5094 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5097 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5098 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5099 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5100 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5101 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005102
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005104Linux HOWTO:
5105============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5108---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005109
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5111configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5112(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5113Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005115But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5118include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005119Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5120and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005121as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124Configuring the Linux kernel:
5125-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005126
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5128device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005131Building a Linux Image:
5132-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005134With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5135not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5136"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5137U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5138which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5139100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143 make TQM850L_config
5144 make oldconfig
5145 make dep
5146 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5149encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5150CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005154* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5157 -R .note -R .comment \
5158 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5167 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5168 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005169
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5172with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5173combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5174byte header containing information about target architecture,
5175operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5176stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5179print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005180
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005181In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5182contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5183checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005185 tools/mkimage -l image
5186 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005188The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5189from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5192 -n name -d data_file image
5193 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5194 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5195 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5196 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5197 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5198 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5199 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5200 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005201
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005202Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5203address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5204kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5207- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005209So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005211 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5212 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005213 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005214 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5215 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5216 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5217 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5218 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5219 Load Address: 0x00000000
5220 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005222To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005224 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5225 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5226 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5227 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5228 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5229 Load Address: 0x00000000
5230 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005232NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5233speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5234needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5235need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005236
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005237 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5239 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005240 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5242 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5243 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5244 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5245 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5246 Load Address: 0x00000000
5247 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005248
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005250Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5251when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5254 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5255 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5256 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5257 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5258 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5259 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5260 Load Address: 0x00000000
5261 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005262
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005263The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5264option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5265option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5266from the image:
5267
5268 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5269 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5270 indexed by 'position'
5271
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273Installing a Linux Image:
5274-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5277you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5282image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5283address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5284specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5285command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5288TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005292 .......... done
5293 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295 => loads 40100000
5296 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5297 ~>examples/image.srec
5298 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5299 ...
5300 15989 15990 15991 15992
5301 [file transfer complete]
5302 [connected]
5303 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
5305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005306You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005307this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005309
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005310 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5313 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5314 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5315 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5316 Load Address: 00000000
5317 Entry Point: 0000000c
5318 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005319
5320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321Boot Linux:
5322-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5325memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5326of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5327parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5328"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005329
5330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005331 => printenv bootargs
5332 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005334 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336 => printenv bootargs
5337 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339 => bootm 40020000
5340 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5341 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5342 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5343 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5344 Load Address: 00000000
5345 Entry Point: 0000000c
5346 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5347 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5348 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5349 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5350 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5351 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5352 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5353 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005354
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005355If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005356the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5357format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005359 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005361 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5362 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5363 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5364 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5365 Load Address: 00000000
5366 Entry Point: 0000000c
5367 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5370 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5371 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5372 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5373 Load Address: 00000000
5374 Entry Point: 00000000
5375 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5378 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5379 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5380 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5381 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5382 Load Address: 00000000
5383 Entry Point: 0000000c
5384 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5385 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5386 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5387 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5388 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5389 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5390 Load Address: 00000000
5391 Entry Point: 00000000
5392 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5393 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5394 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5395 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5396 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5397 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5398 ...
5399 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5400 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005402 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005403
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005404Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5405-----------
5406
5407First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5408titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5409following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5410flat device tree:
5411
5412=> print oftaddr
5413oftaddr=0x300000
5414=> print oft
5415oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5416=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5417Speed: 1000, full duplex
5418Using TSEC0 device
5419TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5420Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5421Load address: 0x300000
5422Loading: #
5423done
5424Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5425=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5426Speed: 1000, full duplex
5427Using TSEC0 device
5428TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5429Filename 'uImage'.
5430Load address: 0x200000
5431Loading:############
5432done
5433Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5434=> print loadaddr
5435loadaddr=200000
5436=> print oftaddr
5437oftaddr=0x300000
5438=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5439## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005440 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5441 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5442 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005443 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005444 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005445 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5446 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5447Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5448Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5449Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5450[snip]
5451
5452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005453More About U-Boot Image Types:
5454------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005457
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005458 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5459 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5460 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5461 the Standalone Program.
5462 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5463 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5464 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5465 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5466 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5467 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5468 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5469 being started.
5470 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5471 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5472 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5473 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5474 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5475 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005477 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5478 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5479 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5480 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5481 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5482 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5485 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5486 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005488 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5489 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5490 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5491 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005492
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005493Booting the Linux zImage:
5494-------------------------
5495
5496On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5497using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5498as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5499
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005500Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005501kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5502address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5503format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5504
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005506Standalone HOWTO:
5507=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005509One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5510run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5511U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005515"Hello World" Demo:
5516-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005517
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005518'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5519application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5520It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5521like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523 => loads
5524 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5525 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5526 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5527 [file transfer complete]
5528 [connected]
5529 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005530
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005531 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5532 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5533 Hello World
5534 argc = 7
5535 argv[0] = "40004"
5536 argv[1] = "Hello"
5537 argv[2] = "World!"
5538 argv[3] = "This"
5539 argv[4] = "is"
5540 argv[5] = "a"
5541 argv[6] = "test."
5542 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5543 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005545 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005547Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5548handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5549Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5550The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5551character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5552controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005554 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5555 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5556 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5557 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005558
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005559 => loads
5560 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5561 ~>examples/timer.srec
5562 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5563 [file transfer complete]
5564 [connected]
5565 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005567 => go 40004
5568 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5569 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5570 Using timer 1
5571 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005573Hit 'b':
5574 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5575 Enabling timer
5576Hit '?':
5577 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5578 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5579Hit '?':
5580 [q, b, e, ?] .
5581 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5582Hit '?':
5583 [q, b, e, ?] .
5584 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5585Hit '?':
5586 [q, b, e, ?] .
5587 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5588Hit 'e':
5589 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5590Hit 'q':
5591 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005592
5593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005594Minicom warning:
5595================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005597Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5598"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5599consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5600Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5601especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005602use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5603http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5604for help with kermit.
5605
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005607Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5608configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5611 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5612 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005613
5614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615NetBSD Notes:
5616=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005618Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5619(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005621Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5622NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5623need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5624Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5625attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5626missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005628 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5629 # mkdir powerpc
5630 # ln -s powerpc machine
5631 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5632 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5635and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005637Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5638stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5639proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5640tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005641meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005642
5643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005644Implementation Internals:
5645=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5648implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5649inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5650hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005651
5652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005653Initial Stack, Global Data:
5654---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005656The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5657starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5658system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5659This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5660is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5661at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5662options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5663models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5664MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5665locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005666
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005667 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005668 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005670 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5671 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5672 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5673 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005675 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5676 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5677 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5678 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5679 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005680 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005681 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5682 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5685 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005686 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005687 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5688 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5689 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5690 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005691
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005692 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5694 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005695 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5697 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5698 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5699 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5700 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702 -Chris Hallinan
5703 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005705It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5706code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5709 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005710
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005711* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005712 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5713 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005715* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5716 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005718Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5719normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5720turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5721simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5722functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5723functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5724the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5725place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5726reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5729relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5730GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5733 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005734 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5736 R5-R10: parameter passing
5737 R13: small data area pointer
5738 R30: GOT pointer
5739 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005740
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005741 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5742 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5743 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005745 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005747 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5748 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5749 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5750 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5751 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5752 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005753
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005754On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005755 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5756
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005757 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005758
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005761 R0: function argument word/integer result
5762 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005763 R9: platform specific
5764 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005765 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5766 R12: temporary workspace
5767 R13: stack pointer
5768 R14: link register
5769 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005770
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005771 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5772
5773 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005774
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005775On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5776 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5777
5778 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5779
5780 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5781 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5782
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005783On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5784
5785 R0-R1: argument/return
5786 R2-R5: argument
5787 R15: temporary register for assembler
5788 R16: trampoline register
5789 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5790 R29: global pointer (GP)
5791 R30: link register (LP)
5792 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5793 PC: program counter (PC)
5794
5795 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5796
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005797NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5798or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800Memory Management:
5801------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5804MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005806The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5807controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5808memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5809physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005811U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5812TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5813booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5814to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005815memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005816configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5817Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005818
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005819Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5820of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005821
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005822So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5823this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005825 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5826 :
5827 0x0000 1FFF
5828 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5829 :
5830 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005832 :
5833 :
5834 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5835 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5836 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5837 :
5838 0x00FD FFFF
5839 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5840 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5841 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5842 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005843
5844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005845System Initialization:
5846----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005848In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005849(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005850configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5851To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5852To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5853initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5854which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5855part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5856the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005858Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5859preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5860(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5861on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5862programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5863simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5864banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005866When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5867different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5868bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
58690x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5870contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005872Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5873and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5874Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5875pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005877Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5878until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5879running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5880new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005881
5882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005883U-Boot Porting Guide:
5884----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005885
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005886[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5887list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005888
5889
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005890int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005891{
5892 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005893
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005894 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5895 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005897 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005898 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005899 return 0;
5900 }
5901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005902 Download latest U-Boot source;
5903
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005904 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005905
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005906 if (clueless)
5907 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005909 while (learning) {
5910 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005911 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5912 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005913 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005914 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005915 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005916
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005917 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5918 Buy a BDI3000;
5919 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005920 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005921
5922 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5923 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5924 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5925 } else {
5926 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5927 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005928 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005929 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5930 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005931
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005932 while (!accepted) {
5933 while (!running) {
5934 do {
5935 Add / modify source code;
5936 } until (compiles);
5937 Debug;
5938 if (clueless)
5939 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5940 }
5941 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5942 if (reasonable critiques)
5943 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5944 else
5945 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005946 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005948 return 0;
5949}
5950
5951void no_more_time (int sig)
5952{
5953 hire_a_guru();
5954}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005955
5956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005957Coding Standards:
5958-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005960All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005961coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005962"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005963
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005964Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5965MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5966reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5967sources.
5968
5969Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5970Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5971in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005972
5973Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5974- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005975- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005976- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005977- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005978- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5979
5980Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5981with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005982
5983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005984Submitting Patches:
5985-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005987Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5988establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5989may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005990
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005991Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005992
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005993Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5994see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005996When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5997it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005999* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6000 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6001 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006003* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6004 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006006* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6007
6008* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6009
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006010* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6011 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006012
6013* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6014 document these in the README file.
6015
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006016* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6017 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006018 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006019 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6020 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006021
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006022 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6023 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6024 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006025
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006026 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6027 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6028 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6029 affected files).
6030
6031 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6032 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006033
6034* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6035 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6036
6037* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6038 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6039
6040
6041Notes:
6042
6043* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6044 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6045 for any of the boards.
6046
6047* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6048 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6049 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6050
6051* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6052 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6053 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6054 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6055 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6056 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006057
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006058* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6059 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6060 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6061 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.